TBarCode Library 11  TBarCode Library 11

◆ e_BarCType

enum e_BarCType

Supported Barcodes.

Enumerations for all supported barcode symbologies

Enumerator
TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

eBC_AusPostCustom 

Australia Post 4-State Standard Customer Barcode
Enumeration Value: 63
Encodes the 8 digit Delivery Point Identifier (DPID) used by the Australian Post for mail sorting
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

eBC_AusPostCustom2 

Australia Post 4-State Customer Barcode 2
Enumeration Value: 64
Encodes the 8 digit Delivery Point Identifier (DPID) followed by customer information (up to 5 characters)
Encodes 8 digits + 5 customer data characters + Reed Solomon Error Correction
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Codeable characters DPID: ["0" - "9"]
  • Codeable characters customer data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "a" - "z", Space, "#"] according to C Encoding Table in the Australian Post bar code specification (Table N is not supported in the current version of TBarCode)
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

eBC_AusPostCustom3 

Australia Post 4-State Customer Barcode 3
Enumeration Value: 65
Encodes the 8 digit Delivery Point Identifier (DPID) followed by customer information (up to 10 characters)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits + 10 customer data characters
  • Codeable characters DPID: ["0" - "9"]
  • Codeable characters customer data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "a" - "z", Space, "#"] according to C Encoding Table in the Australian Post bar code specification (Table N is not supported in the current version of TBarCode)
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

eBC_AusPostReplyPaid 

Australia Post 4-State Reply Paid Barcode
Enumeration Value: 66
Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 45 (Reply Paid Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

eBC_AusPostRedirect 

Australia Post 4-State Redirection
Enumeration Value: 68
Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 92 (Redirection Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: #eCDNone

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.

TECIT_HS 

No Barcode Type
Enumeration Value: 0
Nothing is drawn - use it when the bar code should be disabled.

=5: The bars of the barcode are drawn as images.

=4: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rounded rectangles.

=3: The bars of the barcode are drawn as big circles or ellipses.

=2: The bars of the barcode are drawn as circles or ellipses.

=1: The bars of the barcode are drawn as rectangles.

=0: The bars of the barcode are drawn in their default shape.

The quiet zone at the bottom of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the right of the barcode.

The quiet zone at the top of the barcode.

The quiet zone to the left of the barcode.

=30: Unicode UTF-16BE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1201). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=29: Unicode UTF-16LE, ISO/IEC 10646 (1200). Encoding may not be available on all systems. Note: Escape sequences are not supported with UTF-16.

=28: ISO 8859-16 Latin-10, South-Eastern European (28606). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=27: ISO 8859-15 Latin-9, Western European (28605).

=26: ISO 8859-14 Latin-8, Celtic (28604). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=25: ISO 8859-13 Latin-7, Estonian / Baltic Rim (28603).

=24: ISO 8859-11 Latin/Thai (28601). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=23: ISO 8859-10 Latin-6 (28600). Codepage may not be available on all systems.

=22: ISO 8859-9 Turkish (28599).

=21: ISO 8859-8 Hebrew (28598).

=20: ISO 8859-7 Greek (28597).

=19: ISO 8859-6 Arabic (28596).

=18: ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic (28595).

=17: ISO 8859-4 Baltic (28594).

=16: ISO 8859-3 Latin 3, South European(28593).

=15: ISO 8859-2 Central European (28592).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin 1, Western European (28591).

=14: MAC Roman, Western European (10000).

=13: Chinese GB18030 (54936).

=12: Russian KOI8-R (20866).

=11: ANSI - Cyrillic (1251).

=10: Traditional Chinese (950).

=9: Simplified Chinese (936).

=8: Japanese / Shift-JIS (932).

=7: Korean (949).

=6: Unicode UTF-8, ISO/IEC 10646 (65001).

=5: ASCII Extended (437).

=4: ISO 8859-1 Latin I (28591).

=3: Windows-1252 (1252).

=2: ANSI Code Page (use the ANSI code page from the setting "Language for non-Unicode programs").

=1: Default Code Page. The default code page for the selected barcode type is used.

=0: Custom Code Page. None of the predefined values is used, but the code page is passed directly by the property CodePageCustom.

=4: The input string is treated as stream of hexadecimal values.

=3: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=2: The input string is treated as byte stream.

=1: The input string is treated as a sequence of ASCII characters ranging from 0 to 255.

=0: The input string is converted to the selected code page.

The barcode size is determined by the module width.

The barcode size is determined by the module width, which is set by BCSetModWidth() and BCSetModWidthN() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth (OCX).

The biggest barcode that fits into the bounding rectangle is chosen.
.

Default size mode.

A combination of the GDI drawing methods is used.

Use the advanced GDI draw mode.

Use the GDI rectangle functions to draw bars.

Use the default GDI drawing method.
.

Barcode data is compressed with the ZLib algorithm (RFC 1950).

Barcode data is compressed with the GZip algorithm (RFC 1952).

Barcode data is compressed with the Deflate algorithm (RFC 1951).

Barcode data is not compressed.

Output is optimized for TEC-IT's barcode scanning solution TBarCode InForm.

Output is optimized for Software barcode scanner.

Output is optimized for hardware barcode scanner.

Barcode decoder is unknown or barcode may be scanned with hardware and software decoders.

=3: Trim all spaces from both sides of input data

=2: Trim all spaces from right side of input data

=1: Trim all spaces from left side of input data

=0: Do not trim input data

=4: Use composite component C (CC-C).

=3: Use composite component B (CC-B).

=2: Use composite component A (CC-A).

=1:Automatically choose CC-A, CC-B or CC-C Type depending on the length of the input data.

=0: Composite Symbologies are disabled.

=2: Up to 23%

=1: Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Default EC-Level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 8%.

=84: Fixed symbol-size 189 x 189 squares (Version 84)

=83: Fixed symbol-size 187 x 187 squares (Version 83)

=82: Fixed symbol-size 185 x 185 squares (Version 82)

=81: Fixed symbol-size 183 x 183 squares (Version 81)

=80: Fixed symbol-size 181 x 181 squares (Version 80)

=79: Fixed symbol-size 179 x 179 squares (Version 79)

=78: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 78)

=77: Fixed symbol-size 175 x 175 squares (Version 77)

=76: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 76)

=75: Fixed symbol-size 171 x 171 squares (Version 75)

=74: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 74)

=73: Fixed symbol-size 167 x 167 squares (Version 73)

=72: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 72)

=71: Fixed symbol-size 163 x 163 squares (Version 71)

=70: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 70)

=69: Fixed symbol-size 159 x 159 squares (Version 69)

=68: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 68)

=67: Fixed symbol-size 155 x 155 squares (Version 67)

=66: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 66)

=65: Fixed symbol-size 151 x 151 squares (Version 65)

=64: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 64)

=63: Fixed symbol-size 147 x 147 squares (Version 63)

=62: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 62)

=61: Fixed symbol-size 143 x 143 squares (Version 61)

=60: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 60)

=59: Fixed symbol-size 139 x 139 squares (Version 59)

=58: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 58)

=57: Fixed symbol-size 135 x 135 squares (Version 57)

=56: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 56)

=55: Fixed symbol-size 131 x 131 squares (Version 55)

=54: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 54)

=53: Fixed symbol-size 127 x 127 squares (Version 53)

=52: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 52)

=51: Fixed symbol-size 123 x 123 squares (Version 51)

=50: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 50)

=49: Fixed symbol-size 119 x 119 squares (Version 49)

=48: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 48)

=47: Fixed symbol-size 115 x 115 squares (Version 47)

=46: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 46)

=45: Fixed symbol-size 111 x 111 squares (Version 45)

=44: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 44)

=43: Fixed symbol-size 107 x 107 squares (Version 43)

=42: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 42)

=41: Fixed symbol-size 103 x 103 squares (Version 41)

=40: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 99 x 99 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 95 x 95 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 91 x 91 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 87 x 87 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 83 x 83 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 79 x 79 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 75 x 75 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 71 x 71 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 67 x 67 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 63 x 63 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 59 x 59 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 55 x 55 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 51 x 51 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 47 x 47 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 43 x 43 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 39 x 39 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 35 x 35 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 31 x 31 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 27 x 27 squares (Version 3)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 23 x 23 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of Han Xin Code symbol automatically

=7: Use fixed mask 3

=6: Use fixed mask 2

=5: Use fixed mask 1

=4: Use fixed mask 0

=-2: Mask is calculated in fast mode

=-3: Automatic mask calculation, not considering prime masks.

=2: Size calculation is optimized for vertical printing directions.

=1: Size calculation is optimized for horizontal printing directions.

=0: Default: Don't care about printing directions.

=3: Fixed number of columns and rows: The number of columns and rows is fixed.

=2: Fixed number of rows: The number of rows is fixed, the number of columns is calculated.

=1: Fixed number of columns: The number of columns is fixed, the number of rows is calculated.

=0: Ratio Width/Height: The aspect ratio between columns and rows defines the size of the symbol.

=-1: Default: The ratio between width and height is "3:2".

=8: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=7: Custom Macro: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS xx ... EOT".

=6: Macro 12: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 12 GS ... RS EOT".

=5: Macro 06: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 06 GS ... RS EOT".

=4: Macro 05: The data is surrounded by the sequence "[ ) > RS 05 GS ... RS EOT".

=3: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=2: GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers.

=1: Generic mode: Generic encoding format. This format may add the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol if needed to distinguish from other modes.

=0: Auto mode: If the data starts with 2 digits, barcode has GS1 format, otherwise generic format is used.

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode : Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode : The standard format of Aztec Code without a special header.

=37: Fixed square symbol-size 11 x 11, Aztec Rune

=36: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27, used for reader initialization

=35: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23, used for reader initialization

=34: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19, used for reader initialization

=33: Fixed square symbol-size 151 x 151

=32: Fixed square symbol-size 147 x 147

=31: Fixed square symbol-size 143 x 143

=30: Fixed square symbol-size 139 x 139

=29: Fixed square symbol-size 135 x 135

=28: Fixed square symbol-size 131 x 131

=27: Fixed square symbol-size 125 x 125

=26: Fixed square symbol-size 121 x 121

=25: Fixed square symbol-size 117 x 117

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 113 x 113

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 109 x 109

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 105 x 105

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 101 x 101

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 95 x 95

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 91 x 91

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 87 x 87

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 83 x 83

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 79 x 79

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 75 x 75

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 71 x 71

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 67 x 67

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 61 x 61

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 57 x 57

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 53 x 53

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 49 x 49

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 45 x 45

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 41 x 41

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 37 x 37

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 31 x 31 (first full-range symbol)

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 27 x 27

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 23 x 23

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 19 x 19

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 15 x 15

=0: Compute size of Aztec symbol automatically

=1: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation for non-binary data). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=9: Binary Encoding (faster if binary data is to be encoded). Encoding will be in binary mode without further data analysis.

=8: CC-B Data Mode. For special applications only: use binary compaction (Base-900), prefix symbol data with reserved symbology code word

=7: CC-A Data Mode. For special applications only: use Base-928 compaction, process input data as Byte array

=6: 06 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 6 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=5: 05 Macro. The preamble [ ( > RS 0 5 GS precedes the encoded data. The postamble RS EOT follows the encoded data.

=4: Linked UCC/EAN/GS1 128 emulation.

=3: Code128 Emulation with FNC1 on second position. Transmit ]C2 or ]L4

=2: Code128 Emulation. Transmit ]C0 or ]L5

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Emulation. Transmit ]C1 or ]L3, Use compaction for AI "01" + 14 digits

=0: Default encoding mode (choose best internal representation). Input data is analyzed and text, numeric or binary compaction mode will be used accordingly (to produce the smallest symbol).

=34: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 44)

=33: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 38)

=32: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 26)

=30: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 20)

=29: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 15)

=28: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 12)

=27: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 10)

=26: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 8)

=25: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 6)

=24: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (4 x 4)

=23: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 44)

=22: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 38)

=21: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 32)

=20: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 26)

=19: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 20)

=18: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 15)

=17: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 12)

=16: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 10)

=15: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 8)

=14: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (3 x 6)

=13: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 26)

=12: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 23)

=11: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 20)

=10: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 17)

=9: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 14)

=8: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 11)

=7: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (2 x 8)

=6: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 28)

=5: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 24)

=4: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 20)

=3: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 17)

=2: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 14)

=1: Fixed symbol-size columns x rows (1 x 11)

=0: Compute size of MicroPDF symbol automatically

=1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 to be used in UCC/EAN/GS1 applications. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers - a FNC1 is encoded at first position automatically.

=0: Standard format

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically

=4: Fixed symbol-size 17 x 17 squares (Version M4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 15 x 15 squares (Version M3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 13 x 13 squares (Version M2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 11 x 11 squares (Version M1)

=0: Compute size of Micro QR-Code symbol automatically

=2: Use Chinese compaction (Multi Byte character set GB2312), take care - not supported with all scanners.

=1: Use Kanji compaction (Multi Byte character set Shift JIS X 0208)

=0: Default: No Multi Byte character compression

=-1: Default Multi Byte compaction: Choose the best compaction depending on code page

=7: Use fixed mask 7

=6: Use fixed mask 6

=5: Use fixed mask 5

=4: Use fixed mask 4

=3: Use fixed mask 3

=2: Use fixed mask 2

=1: Use fixed mask 1

=0: Use fixed mask 0

=-1: Default: Mask is computed automatically (time consuming!)

=3: Highest level. Up to 30%

=2: Up to 25%

=1: Default EC-Level. Up to 15%

=0: Lowest level. Data recovery capacity is approximately up to 7%.

=2: Mode Industry: For special industry formats (FNC1 is inserted at second position). If you choose this value, you also have to fill out the field Application Indicator (2 digits or 1 letter). It determines to which industry format the input data (should) correspond(s)

=1: Mode UCC/EAN/GS1: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1. Used for encoding of so-called Application Identifiers (FNC1 is added at first position)

=0: The standard format of QR-Code without a special header

=40: Fixed symbol-size 177 x 177 squares (Version 40)

=39: Fixed symbol-size 173 x 173 squares (Version 39)

=38: Fixed symbol-size 169 x 169 squares (Version 38)

=37: Fixed symbol-size 165 x 165 squares (Version 37)

=36: Fixed symbol-size 161 x 161 squares (Version 36)

=35: Fixed symbol-size 157 x 157 squares (Version 35)

=34: Fixed symbol-size 153 x 153 squares (Version 34)

=33: Fixed symbol-size 149 x 149 squares (Version 33)

=32: Fixed symbol-size 145 x 145 squares (Version 32)

=31: Fixed symbol-size 141 x 141 squares (Version 31)

=30: Fixed symbol-size 137 x 137 squares (Version 30)

=29: Fixed symbol-size 133 x 133 squares (Version 29)

=28: Fixed symbol-size 129 x 129 squares (Version 28)

=27: Fixed symbol-size 125 x 125 squares (Version 27)

=26: Fixed symbol-size 121 x 121 squares (Version 26)

=25: Fixed symbol-size 117 x 117 squares (Version 25)

=24: Fixed symbol-size 113 x 113 squares (Version 24)

=23: Fixed symbol-size 109 x 109 squares (Version 23)

=22: Fixed symbol-size 105 x 105 squares (Version 22)

=21: Fixed symbol-size 101 x 101 squares (Version 21)

=20: Fixed symbol-size 97 x 97 squares (Version 20)

=19: Fixed symbol-size 93 x 93 squares (Version 19)

=18: Fixed symbol-size 89 x 89 squares (Version 18)

=17: Fixed symbol-size 85 x 85 squares (Version 17)

=16: Fixed symbol-size 81 x 81 squares (Version 16)

=15: Fixed symbol-size 77 x 77 squares (Version 15)

=14: Fixed symbol-size 73 x 73 squares (Version 14)

=13: Fixed symbol-size 69 x 69 squares (Version 13)

=12: Fixed symbol-size 65 x 65 squares (Version 12)

=11: Fixed symbol-size 61 x 61 squares (Version 11)

=10: Fixed symbol-size 57 x 57 squares (Version 10)

=9: Fixed symbol-size 53 x 53 squares (Version 9)

=8: Fixed symbol-size 49 x 49 squares (Version 8)

=7: Fixed symbol-size 45 x 45 squares (Version 7)

=6: Fixed symbol-size 41 x 41 squares (Version 6)

=5: Fixed symbol-size 37 x 37 squares (Version 5)

=4: Fixed symbol-size 33 x 33 squares (Version 4)

=3: Fixed symbol-size 29 x 29 squares (Version 3)

=2: Fixed symbol-size 25 x 25 squares (Version 2)

=1: Fixed symbol-size 21 x 21 squares (Version 1)

=0: Compute size of QR-Code symbol automatically

=7: Tolerant Check: Data is examined in a tolerant way (works with "Mailmark" Code only). By default strict checking is done.

=6: DP Postmatrix: Special format defined by "Deutsche Post".

=5: Reader Programming: Activate the Reader Programming Mode.

=4: Macro 06 mode: [)>Rs06Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=3: Macro 05 mode: [)>Rs05Gs is encoded at the beginning of the code, RS + EOT is added as trailer

=2: Industry mode: supports peculiar industry formats (adds FNC1 at 2nd position)

=1: UCC/EAN/GS1 mode: Special format defined by UCC and EAN/GS1 for encoding Application Identifiers. This format adds the function character FNC1 at 1st position in the symbol.

=0: Default mode: The standard format of Data Matrix without a special header.

=52: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 48 (ISO21471)

=51: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 22 x 40 (deprecated, removed from ISO draft)

=50: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 64 (ISO21471)

=49: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 44 (ISO21471)

=48: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 20 x 36 (ISO21471)

=47: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 88 (ISO21471)

=46: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 144 (ISO21471)

=45: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 120 (ISO21471)

=44: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 96 (ISO21471)

=43: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 80 (ISO21471)

=42: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 64 (ISO21471)

=41: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 48 (ISO21471)

=40: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 40 (ISO21471)

=39: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 26 x 32 (DMRE)

=38: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 64 (ISO21471)

=37: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 48 (ISO21471)

=36: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 36 (DMRE)

=35: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 24 x 32 (DMRE)

=34: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 64 (ISO21471)

=33: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 64 (ISO21471)

=32: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 64 (ISO21471)

=31: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 48 (ISO21471)

=30: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 48

=29: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 16 x 36

=28: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 36

=27: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 12 x 26

=26: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 32

=25: Fixed rectangular symbol-size 8 x 18

=24: Fixed square symbol-size 144 x 144

=23: Fixed square symbol-size 132 x 132

=22: Fixed square symbol-size 120 x 120

=21: Fixed square symbol-size 104 x 104

=20: Fixed square symbol-size 96 x 96

=19: Fixed square symbol-size 88 x 88

=18: Fixed square symbol-size 80 x 80

=17: Fixed square symbol-size 72 x 72

=16: Fixed square symbol-size 64 x 64

=15: Fixed square symbol-size 52 x 52

=14: Fixed square symbol-size 48 x 48

=13: Fixed square symbol-size 44 x 44

=12: Fixed square symbol-size 40 x 40

=11: Fixed square symbol-size 36 x 36

=10: Fixed square symbol-size 32 x 32

=9: Fixed square symbol-size 26 x 26

=8: Fixed square symbol-size 24 x 24

=7: Fixed square symbol-size 22 x 22

=6: Fixed square symbol-size 20 x 20

=5: Fixed square symbol-size 18 x 18

=4: Fixed square symbol-size 16 x 16

=3: Fixed square symbol-size 14 x 14

=2: Fixed square symbol-size 12 x 12

=1: Fixed square symbol-size 10 x 10

=0: Compute size of Data Matrix symbol automatically

=3: Web-server license

=3: Developer license for redistribution to 3rd party

=2: Site license for an arbitrary number of computers within one site (or one facility) at one legal address

=1: Single license for exactly one computer

: Generates linear AND 2D codes (values see above)

: Generates linear barcodes only (values see above)

=-1: No valid product-id

=3: Text is centered

=2: Text is right-aligned

=1: Text is left-aligned

=0: Default alignment (centered)

=11: AI-Image (Adobe Illustrator V7)

=10: SVG-Image

=9: PCL-Image

=8: EPS-Vector-Image (legacy value, equivalent with eIMEps)

=8: EPS-Vector-Image

=7: TIF-Image

=6: PNG-Image

=5: PCX-Image

=4: JPG-Image

=3: GIF-Image

=2: EPS-Bitmap-Image - deprecated

=1: EMF-File

=0: BMP-Image

=4: Bearer Bar is drawn on the bottom side of the bar code.

=3: Bearer Bar is drawn on the upper side of the bar code.

=2: Bearer Bar is drawn on all sides of the bar code.

=1: Bearer Bar is drawn on top and bottom of the bar code.

=0: No bearer bar.

=6: Only valid in the context of bar width reduction: The Bar Width reduction is specified in percent of the module width.

=5: Only valid in the context of quiet zones: Quiet-Zone is specified in number of modules.

=4: Values are specified in Inch.

=3: Values are specified in mils.

=2: Values are specified in Millimeter (mm).

=1: Values are specified in Pixels (not used for bar width reduction).

=0: Use units from the given device context (DC) In the context of quiet zone this value mostly means "no quiet zone").

=3: 270° rotated counter-clockwise

=2: 180° rotated counter-clockwise (bottom-up)

=1: 90° rotated counter-clockwise

=0: No rotation

=36: Mod 37,2 (ISO 7064, using maximum weight of 2^9)

=35: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 9)

=34: Mod 11 used for postal codes (UPU - Universal Postal Union)

=34: Method for Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID (Modulo 11 based)

=33: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 10)

=32: Mod 10 for Intelligent Mail Package Barcode

=31: Mod 23 for PPSN

=30: Mod 10 with reverse Luhn algorithm

=29: Method for VIN (North America)

=28: Mod 10 with Luhn algorithm

=27: Mod 16 for Codabar Barcode

=26: Mod 36 (ISO/IES 7064) for DPD Barcode

=25: Method for Italian Postal 2/5 (Modulo 10 based)

=24: Method for Planet (Modulo 10 based)

=23: Method for Korean Postal Authority (Modulo 10 based)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14 (same as eCDEAN14)

=22: Method for GTIN-14 / EAN 14

=21: Mod 11 (using maximum weight 7)

=20: Mod 11 Method for PZN.

=19: Method for Royal Mail 4 State

=18: Code 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=17: EAN 128 internal method (Modulo 103)

=16: Method for UPC E

=15: Method for UPC A

=14: Method for EAN 13

=13: Method for EAN 8

=12: Method for Plessey

=11: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 2 digits)

=10: Method for MSI (Modulo 10, 1 digit)

=9: Method for USPS PostNet

=8: Method for Code11 (2 digits)

=7: Method for Code11 (1 digit)

=6: Method for DP Identcode

=5: Method for DP Leitcode

=4: Modulo 47 (2 digits)

=3: Modulo 43 (suggested for Code39 and Logmars, consist of 1 digit)

=2: Modulo 10 (usually used with Interleaved 2of5)

=1: Standard check digit of barcode type will be used (see e_BarCType). User supplied check digits in input data are verified (with fixed length bar code types).

=0: No check digit calculation is performed

GS1 QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 128
GS1 QR-Code is based upon the QR-Code 2005 symbology, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 QR-Code from other symbologies.

GS1 Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 127
GS1 Data Matrix is based upon the Data Matrix Code, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 1st position; this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate GS1 Data Matrix from other symbologies.

Swiss QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 126
Swiss QR-Code is based on QR-Code 2005 symbology; It is printed on so called QR factories and can be used for reading the transmision data.

NTIN (National Trade Item Number)
Enumeration Value: 125
NTIN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the GS1 format; It has a special check digits (#eCDGTIN14) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

PPN (Pharmacy Product Number)
Enumeration Value: 124
PPN uses Data Matrix as base symbology, with the format Macro06; It has 2 special check digits (modulo 97) and can be extended by a serial number, a batch number, and an expiry date.

HIBC PAS Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 123
HIBC PAS Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 122
HIBC LIC Aztec Code uses Aztec Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state
Enumeration Value: 121
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

UPU S10 - Identification of Postal Items
Enumeration Value: 120
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on several postal labels of various countries.

Royal Mail Complex Mail Data Mark (CMDM) Mailmark
Enumeration Value: 119
Same as #eBC_2D_Mailmark.

Royal Mail Mailmark 2D
Enumeration Value: 119
This Code is used on Royal Mail mail pieces.

Swedish Postal Shipment Item ID Barcode
Enumeration Value: 118
This Code is based upon Code 128 and is used on Swedish Postal labels.

USPS Intelligent Mail® Package Barcode
Enumeration Value: 117

Han Xin Code
Enumeration Value: 116
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data with special support of Chinese characters.

DotCode
Enumeration Value: 115
2D dot code symbology designed to be reliably readable when printed by high-speed inkjet or laser dot technologies.

Reserved for Future Use
Enumeration Value: 114

PZN8 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 8 digits)
Enumeration Value: 113
PZN8 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
PZN8 is an extension of the 7-digit PZN code (also called PZN7).

QR-Code 2005 (ISO) - Deprecated
Enumeration Value: 112
Same as eBC_QRCode_ISO.

QR-Code (ISO)
Enumeration Value: 112
QR-Code version that implements standard ISO/IEC 18004:2015 (see also eBC_QRCode_JIS)
The main difference between QR-Code (JIS) and QR-Code (ISO) is the default character encoding which
is ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1).

HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 111
HIBC PAS CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 110
HIBC LIC CODABLOCK-F uses CODABLOCK-F as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 109
HIBC PAS MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 108
HIBC LIC MicroPDF417 uses MicroPDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS PDF417
Enumeration Value: 107
HIBC PAS PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC PDF417
Enumeration Value: 106
HIBC LIC PDF417 uses PDF417 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 105
HIBC PAS QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 104
HIBC LIC QR-Code uses QR-Code as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 103
HIBC PAS Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC LIC Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 102
HIBC LIC Data Matrix uses Data Matrix as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43).

HIBC PAS 39
Enumeration Value: 101
HIBC PAS 39 uses Code 3 of 9 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128.

HIBC PAS 128
Enumeration Value: 100
HIBC PAS 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC PAS 128 / HIBC PAS 39 is specified by the HIBC Provider Applications Standard.

HIBC LIC 39
Enumeration Value: 99
For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128.

HIBC LIC 128
Enumeration Value: 98
HIBC LIC 128 uses Code 128 as base symbology; It has a special check digit (modulo 43) and the human readable text is surrounded by asterisks '*' (which are not encoded in the bar code data)
The content of HIBC LIC 128 / HIBC LIC 39 is specified by the HIBC Supplier Labeling Standard.

Micro QR-Code
Enumeration Value: 97
2D symbology, based upon QR-Code (#eBC_QRCode_JIS), but adapted to encode only small quantities of data (less overhead, smaller symbols).

DPD Code
Enumeration Value: 96
DPD Code is based upon Code 128 and is used in DPD labels.

Italian Postal 3 of 9
Enumeration Value: 95
NOT SUPPORTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION.

Italian Postal 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 94
Italian Postal 2 of 5 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 12 digits and ends with a check digit by default.

DAFT Code
Enumeration Value: 93
A generic 4 state code which consists of following 4 characters

Aztec Code
Enumeration Value: 92
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_Aztec_Size())
Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Code 32
Enumeration Value: 91
Code 32 (also called Italian Pharmacode) is based upon Code39 but limited to 9 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

KIX
Enumeration Value: 90
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the Netherlands (by TNT)
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ITF-14
Enumeration Value: 89
ITF-14 is based upon 2of5 Interleaved but limited to 14 digits and ends with a check digit (mod 10) by default.

GS1 128
Enumeration Value: 88
GS1 128 (former called EAN 128) is based upon the Code128, but with the FNC1 function character encoded at the 2nd position (after the start code); this allows scanners and data processing software to differentiate EAN-128 from other symbologies.

Telepen
Enumeration Value: 87
The numeric version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Plessey Code With Bidirectional Reading Support
Enumeration Value: 86
Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

Same as #eBC_USPSIntelligentMail

Intelligent Mail® Barcode (IM® Barcode, formerly known as the 4-State Customer Barcode)
Enumeration Value: 85

MicroPDF417
Enumeration Value: 84
2D / multi-row symbology to encode large quantities of data; Micro PDF is based upon PDF417 (#eBC_PDF417) but with specific variants of rows and columns - called "version" (BCSet_MPDF417_Version()) In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is selected (and dynamically switched) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Planet Code 14 (2 + 5 + 6 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 83
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 13.

Planet Code 12 (2 + 5 + 4 Digits + 1 CD Mod10)
Enumeration Value: 82
Used by the USPS (US Postal Service) for tracking inbound and outbound letter mail
The required check digit is calculated automatically by TBarCode if length of input data equals 11.

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExpStacked

GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (RSS Expanded Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 81

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStackedOmni

GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional (RSS-14 Stacked Omnidirectional)
Enumeration Value: 80

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarStacked

GS1 DataBar Stacked (RSS-14 Stacked)
Enumeration Value: 79
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but split into 2 rows to make the symbol smaller, used for pharmaceutical packaging.

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarTrunc

GS1 DataBar Truncated (RSS-14 Truncated)
Enumeration Value: 78
Similar to RSS-14 (#eBC_RSS14) but with reduced height (should be at least 13X; X = module width), omni-directional scanning may not be possible with truncated version, no quiet zone is needed for the RSS code family.

Korean Postal Authority Code
Enumeration Value: 77
Used by the Korean Postal Service for mail sorting
The symbology uses a special mod-10 based check digit, check digit calculation is enabled/disabled depending on the number of input characters.

Japanese Postal customer code
Enumeration Value: 76
For customers of the Japanese Postal Service.

NVE-18 ("Nummer der Versandeinheit")
Enumeration Value: 75
Alias SSCC-18 - see #eBC_SSCC18.

CODABLOCK-F
Enumeration Value: 74
Stacked version of Code128 symbology, each row is a single Code 128 symbol extended with row indicator information and additional check digits
The UCC/EAN/GS1 format indicator is supported (BCSet_CBF_Format()).

VIN/FIN (Vehicle Identification Number)
Enumeration Value: 73
The VIN is a unique serial number used by the automotive industry to identify individual motor vehicles.

EAN-14
Enumeration Value: 72
EAN-14 is used for encoding the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application Identifier (AI) 01
Within the EAN UCC System you can use 2 symbologies for encoding the GTIN: UCC/EAN-128 and ITF-14 (Code 2 of 5 interleaved with 14 digits)
Here we use EAN-128 with AI 01, the AI must not be part of the input data (it is prefixed automatically)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used).

Data Matrix
Enumeration Value: 71
2D matrix symbology developed to encode large quantities of data (especially on small objects), size adjusts automatically depending on input data (BCSet_DM_Size())
Symbology internal error correction (based upon ECC200) is added by TBarCode automatically
Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

Royal Mail 4-State Customer Code (RM4SCC)
Enumeration Value: 70
Used for automated mail sorting and addressing in the UK
Encodes a variable amount of characters followed by an internal calculated check-digit.

ISBN 13
Enumeration Value: 69
The ISBN 13 bar code is used for encoding ISBN numbers, that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Australia Post 4-State Routing
Enumeration Value: 67

Code 93 ASCII
Enumeration Value: 62
Extended version of Code 93 (#eBC_9OF3), which allows encoding of the full ASCII char set.

Code128 Subset C
Enumeration Value: 61 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with C (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset B
Enumeration Value: 60 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with B (instead of automatic determination).

Code128 Subset A
Enumeration Value: 59 Same as #eBC_Code128 but symbology subset starts with A (instead of automatic determination).

QR-Code (JIS) - deprecated
Enumeration Value: 58
Same as eBC_QRCode_JIS.

QR-Code (JIS)
Enumeration Value: 58
2D symbology to encode large quantities of data (implemented QR-Code model: 2, implements standard JIS X 0510)
The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_QR_Version()); Special industry formats are supported (BCSet_QR_Format())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

MaxiCode
Enumeration Value: 57
MaxiCode is a two-dimensional code, created by UPS for high-speed sorting and tracking of unit loads and transport packages
Modes for including postal information (SCM) can be adjusted; Printing size is set to a norm value (can be changed with BCSetModWidth())
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

PDF417 Truncated
Enumeration Value: 56
Similar to PDF417 but with synchronization bars only on the left side of the symbol
Refer to #eBC_PDF417 for details.

PDF417
Enumeration Value: 55
2D symbology (multi-row) to encode large quantities of data In default mode, input data is analyzed by TBarCode and best internal data compaction mode is switched (or shifted) automatically
Error correction and recognition is included in the code.

Brazilian CEPNet
Enumeration Value: 54
Brazilian CEPNet postal symbol for encoding the Brazilian ZIP code.

Pharmacode (Two-Track)
Enumeration Value: 53
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus�); in opposition to #eBC_Pharma1 the information is contained in the vertical position of the bars.

PZN7 (Pharma Zentral Nummer Germany, 7 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 52
PZN7 uses Code 39 as base symbology; It has a special check digit and the human readable text contains always the prefix "PZN-" (which is not encoded in the bar code data)
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Pharmacode (One-Track)
Enumeration Value: 51
For medicine packing in pharmaceutically area (specification by Laetus®).

LOGMARS
Enumeration Value: 50
Standardization of Code39 for military use - please refer to Code 39 (#eBC_3OF9).

Scan 2
Enumeration Value: 49
Custom type implementation.

FIM (Facing Indication Mark)
Enumeration Value: 49
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Serial Shipping Container Code 18
Enumeration Value: 48
Used to encode the 18 digit Serial Shipping Container Code based upon the UCC/EAN-128 symbology with Application Identifier (AI) prefix of "00"
The check digit is encoded automatically if 17 digits are used for input data
The leading AI "00" is encoded automatically by TBarCode (exclude it from input data!).

MSI Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 47
MSI is available with 1 or 2 check digits (both are mod-10 based).

Plessey Code
Enumeration Value: 46

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 45
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 11 - on demand the user can also supply the 12th digit.

USPS PostNet DPBC (5 + 4 + 2 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 44
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the 11-digit Delivery Point Code (ZIP+4 followed by two DPBC numbers)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits + CD)
Enumeration Value: 43
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 9; the user can also supply the 10th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP+4 (5 Digits + 4 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 42
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the ZIP+4 Code (5 digits ZIP code + 4 digits add-on)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits + Check Digit)
Enumeration Value: 41
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 5; the user can also supply the 6th digit.

USPS PostNet ZIP (5 Digits)
Enumeration Value: 40
USPS PostNet symbol for encoding the US ZIP Code (5 digits)
Check digit is always calculated automatically and cannot be specified in the input data.

UPC-E With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 39
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 38
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-E
Enumeration Value: 37
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 5 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 36
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code);
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 16 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A With 2 Digit Add On
Enumeration Value: 35
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC Universal Product Code); The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 13 digits are used for creating the code).

UPC-A
Enumeration Value: 34
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code); UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical;
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

UCC-128
Enumeration Value: 33
Same as GS1 128 or EAN 128 (refer to #eBC_EAN128).

Telepen Alpha
Enumeration Value: 32
Telepen Alpha is the alphanumeric variant of Telepen.

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarExp

GS1 DataBar Expanded (RSS Expanded)
Enumeration Value: 31
Reduced Space Symbology for encoding variable length of data with support for AI compaction; Omni-directional scanning is possible, also a stacked version is available (see #eBC_RSSExpStacked).

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBarLtd

GS1 DataBar Limited (RSS Limited)
Enumeration Value: 30
Similar to RSS-14 but smaller in size and limited to packaging indicator 0 and 1 (first digit).

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Same as #eBC_GS1DataBar

GS1 DataBar (RSS-14, Reduced Space Symbology)
Enumeration Value: 29
Used to encode the GTIN (Global Trade Item Number) with Application identifier (AI) 01; The GTIN consists of a packaging indicator (0-9) followed by a 12 digit number (taken from the EAN-13 article number system) followed by a check digit; The height of the symbol should be at least 33X to support omni-directional scanning (X = module width), no quiet zone is needed.

Flattermarken
Enumeration Value: 28

ISSN - 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 27
The ISSN bar code with 2 add-on digits is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

ISSN
Enumeration Value: 26
The ISSN (International Standard Serial Number) bar code is used for encoding ISSN numbers that identify printed or electronic periodical publications.

Code 93
Enumeration Value: 25
In common use, offers higher data density than Code 39 (with same symbology character set).

ISMN
Enumeration Value: 24
The ISMN (International Standard Music Number) bar code is used for encoding ISMN numbers that identify printed music.

ISBN 13 - 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 23
The ISBN 13 bar code with 5 add-on digits is used for encoding ISBN numbers that are used in the book industry for retail and wholesale applications
The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 P5 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13P5), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISBN number - is corrected/calculated automatically if it is wrong or missing.

Deutsche Post Identcode
Enumeration Value: 22
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Deutsche Post Leitcode
Enumeration Value: 21
Used by Deutsche Post (is a variant of 2 of 5 interleaved), human readable text formatted according to specification.

Code 128
Enumeration Value: 20
In common use, beside this auto switching Code128 it is available in 3 different subsets (Code128A, Code128B, Code128C)
Input data is analyzed and the best suited subset(s) will be used
Subset switching is also done automatically when necessary; the smallest possible symbol will be generated.

Scan 1
Enumeration Value: 19
Custom type implementation.

Codabar (18 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 19
NOT SUPPORTED BY THE CURRENT VERSION.

Codabar (2 Widths)
Enumeration Value: 18
Codabar using 2 different bar/space widths
"A", "B", "C" or "D" are used as start/sop characters only.

UPC-12 Digits
Enumeration Value: 17
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (UPC: Universal Product Code), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
Check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code)
UPC-A and UPC-12 are identical.

EAN-128
Enumeration Value: 16
Is now called GS1 128 (See also GS1 128 )

EAN-13 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 15
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 17 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 14
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 14 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-13
Enumeration Value: 13
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 12 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 5 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 12
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 11 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8 With 2 Digits Add On
Enumeration Value: 11
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 9 digits are used for creating the code).

EAN-8
Enumeration Value: 10
In common use for retail applications and article numbering (EAN: European Article Numbering system), the check-digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39) ASCII
Enumeration Value: 9
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data; they are not displayed in the human readable text.

Code 3 of 9 (Code 39)
Enumeration Value: 8
In common use, start- and stop characters "*" (asterisk) are created automatically by TBarCode and must not be included in the input data (start/stop characters are not displayed in the human readable text).

Code 2 of 5 Industrial
Enumeration Value: 7
Industrial version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Data Logic
Enumeration Value: 6

Data Logic version of Code 2 of 5; not interleaved.

Code 2 of 5 Matrix
Enumeration Value: 5
Alias for Code 2 of 5 standard.

Code 2 of 5 IATA
Enumeration Value: 4
The IATA version - non interleaved.

Interleaved 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 3
Interleaved version - encodes only an even number of digits, uses a leading "0" automatically (see BCSetAutoCorrect()).

Code 2 of 5
Enumeration Value: 2
The standard version - non interleaved; alias for Code 2 of 5 Matrix.

Code 11
Enumeration Value: 1


                                                             - Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-"]
                                                             - Default check-digit method: None 
                                                             - Recommended check digit methods: #eCD1Code11 (one check-digits) or #eCD2Code11 (two check-digits)
                                                             \n\n 
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10


  • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", " ", "*", "$", "/", "+", "%"]
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

  • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN8
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN8)

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 12+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Encodes 12+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN13
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDEAN14 for special applications.
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "-", "$", ":", "/", ".", "+", "A", "B", "C", "D"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone, #eCDMod16, #eCDMod10Luhn (library applications)



    • The symbology internal check-digit (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDCode128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDCode128, in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDMod43 for special applications

    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPLeit
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPLeit

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 symbology internal check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDDPIdent
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDDPIdent

    • Encodes 17 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th position.


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit - for the bar code, not for the ISMN number - is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit of the ISSN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable.

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z", "-", ".", Space, "$", "/", "+", "%"]
    • Default check-sum calculation: #eCD2Mod47 (uses 2 checksum characters)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCD2Mod47


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)


    The bar code is based upon an EAN-13 symbology (see #eBC_EAN13), the required check digit is calculated automatically if it is missing.

    • Encodes 14 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13)

      • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"]
      • Default check-digit method: None
      • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"], the AI 01 is automatically encoded by TBarCode (must not be included in the input data!)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: Check digit is part of the code
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9"],
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (Check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • No quiet zone is needed
    • Encodes up to 74 numeric or 41 alphabetic characters
    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and special characters (ISO-646 table)
    • The check digit is calculated automatically
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Codeable characters: ASCII characters between 0-127
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard / None (check digit is already part of the symbology)



    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA).
    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

    • Encodes 11+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 11+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCA
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCA)


    • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE).
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    • Encodes 7+2 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


    • Encodes 7+5 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPCE
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUPCE)


      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 5 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 9 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

      • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
      • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

    • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDUSPSPostnet)

Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPlessey (2 check characters are created)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDPlessey

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMSI1
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMSI1 (mod-10) or #eCDMSI2 (mod10 + mod10)

  • Encodes 2 digits "00" + 17 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10 (if 17 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 18 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDMod10)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"] or generic encoding
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

  • Encodes 6 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone

The encoding is based on the USPS PostNet codes.
The required check digit is calculated automatically if length of input data equals 8 - on demand the user can also supply the 9th digit.

  • Encodes 8 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDUSPSPostnet (if the check digit should either be calculated or validated), #eCDNone (if no validation is required - not recommended)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDUSPSPostnet

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted ECLevel)

  • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default encoding mode: Mode-4 (standard symbol)
  • Available modes for UPS: Mode 2 (SCM Numeric) and Mode 3 (SCM alphanumeric) - see BCSet_Maxi_Mode()

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)

  • Codeable characters: ASCII 0x00 - 0x7f (0-127)
  • Default checksum method: #eCD2Mod47 (2 mod-47 checksum characters, which are always part of the generated code)
  • Recommended checksum methods: #eCD2Mod47


Encodes the 8 digit Sorting Code (DPID) used by the Australian Post, Format Control Code is set to 87 (Routing Barcode)
Reed Solomon Error correction according to symbology specification is added automatically by TBarCode.

  • Encodes 8 digits
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None

    • Encodes 12 digits and 1 check-digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method(s): #eCDEAN13 (check digit is calculated and/or checked)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN13).
    Note
    The check digit from the ISBN number is replaced by the EAN13 check digit. Otherwise the bar code would be unreadable. The check digit is always encoded on the 13th (=last) position.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDRM4SCC (the required check character is added automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDRM4SCC

    • Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1556 Bytes or 2335 alpha numeric characters)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: see EAN128 (#eBC_EAN128)
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDEAN14
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)

    Encoding is based on Code 3of9. The European and the North American implementation of the VIN differ but both are compatible to the ISO-Standard 3779.

    • Encodes 17 alphanumerical characters
    • Codeable characters: ["0"-"9", "A"-"Z" without "I", "O", "Q"]
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDVIN (needed for the North American VIN, but not fo the European)

    • Encodes variable amount of data
    • Codeable characters: ASCII 0-127 + ISO 8859-1
    • Default check-digit method: internal check digit method
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (internal check digit method)

    You can encode the ZIP code followed by block and street number (Address-B data field)
    Address B data compaction can be enabled with Format Parameter "J" (BCSetFormat())); If format is set to "J", Japanese characters and also Chinese street numbers (encoded with Shift JIS char set) are converted to the Address-B data field by using the specified algorithm from the Japanese Postal Service.

    • Encodes 7 digits (ZIP code) + additional data
    • Codeable characters ZIP Code: ["0" - "9"]
    • Codeable characters additional data: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z", "-"] (Shift JIS characters are compacted if format "J" is set)
    • Default check-digit method: None (the symbology internal check character is created automatically by TBarCode)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Encodes 6 digits + 1 check digit
    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Kor (if 6 digits are provided as for the input data), eCDNone (if 7 digits are provided)
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Kor

    Note
    Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


    This version of RSS-14 Stacked (#eBC_RSS14Stacked) supports omni-directional scanning, the increased symbol height makes this possible.

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology


Stacked version of GS1 DataBar Expanded (#eBC_GS1DataBarExp), the number of data segments per row can vary between 4 and 22 (can be set with BCSet_RSS_SegmPerRow() - default segmentation is 4).

Note
Available as GS1 Composite Symbology

  • Encodes 11 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 11 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 12 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodes 13 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10Pla (if 13 digits are specified for the input data), #eCDNone (if 14 digits are specified for the input data)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10Pla

  • Encodable characters: alphanumeric (ASCII 0-255) and/or Bytes
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None (number of error correction codewords is adapted to symbol version according to specification)


Height modulated bar code used for automated mail sorting and addressing by USPS.
Encodes a 20, 25, 29 or 31 digit string: 20 digits Tracking Code followed by the Routing Code (= ZIP Code with 0, 5, 9, or 11 digits). The second digit must be "0" - "4".

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone (the symbology specific check digit is added automatically by TBarCode)
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDNone


    Also an alphanumeric version of Telepen exists - Telepen Alpha.

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: None (check digit is part of the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Check digit is part of the code)

    • The FNC1 at 2nd position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
    • The symbology internal checksum (Mod 103) is calculated automatically
    • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
    • Codeable characters: All ASCII-characters from 0x00 to 0x7f (0 - 127)
    • Default check-sum method: #eCDEAN128 (symbology internal checksum method)
    • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDStandard (#eCDEAN128), in addition #eCDMod10 or #eCDGTIN14 for special applications

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]

  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10

Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"]

  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10LuhnRev
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10LuhnRev

Encodes variable amount of data (up to 1914 Bytes or 3067 alpha numeric characters)

  • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
  • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
  • Recommended check digit methods: None

D ... Descender (medium bar - from center part to lower bound)

  • A ... Ascender (medium bar - from center part to upper bound)
  • F ... Full (full length bar - from upper to lower bound)
  • T ... Tracker (short bar - center part only)

    • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10ItlPst25
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10ItlPst25





The code in the barcode differs slightly from the display text. The barcode data has following format (is entered by the user/application): IPPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCC whereas the display text looks as follows (is calculated from the barcode data): PPPPPPPTTTTTTTTTTTTTTSSSCCCD with:

  • I ... identification tag (only used in barcode)
  • PPPPPPP ... Destination Post Code
  • TTTTTTTTTTTTTT ... Tracking Number
  • SSS ... Service Code
  • CCC ... Destination Country Code
  • D ... Check Digit (mod 36) (only used in display text)


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_MQR_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, support for Kanji characters can be enabled.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, Kanji char set (Shift JIS X 0208)
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


It consists of a Primary and a Secondary Data Structure, which may be encoded together in one bar code or split into 2 single symbols.
The primary format looks as follows: +IIIIP*UL with:

  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • I ... Label Identification Code (LIC)
  • P* ... Labelers Product or Catalog Number (field length: 1-18)
  • U ... Unit of Measure ID
  • L ... Check Digit (mod 43) - also used as "Link Character" in Secondary Data Structure

    The secondary format is defined as: +R*D*B*LA*C with:
  • + ... HIBC Supplier Labeling Flag '+'
  • R* ... Date Reference Identifier (length: 1, 2, 3, or 5)
  • D* ... Date Field (length: 0, or 4-9)
  • B* ... Lot/Batch/serial Number Field (length: 0-18)
  • L ... Link Character (check digit of Primary Data Structure)
  • A* ... Additional Supplemental Data (recommended only to be used in 2D barcodes)
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43)

    The combined format is defined as: +IIIIP*U/R*D*B*A*C with the fields specified as above. A slash (/) is used as separator. The check digit of the Primary, the '+' and the link character of the Secondary Data Format are omitted.

    The Additional Supplemental Data may be empty or consist of 1 or more of following fields:
  • Serial Number when Lot number is used ... /SA* (length of serial number: 1 - 18)
  • Date of Manufacture ... /16DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Expiry date formatted as YYYYMMDD ... /14DYYYYMMDD (year, month, day)
  • Quantity ... /QA* (length of quantity: 1 - 5)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC LIC standards via options:
  • V2.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=0")
  • V2.4 (legacy, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=1")
  • V2.6 (default, options="Hibc_Lic_Version=2")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43

It may consist of a Single, a Multiple, or a Split Data Field Format. The multiple format can contain 2 or more data fields within one barcode symbol. The split format, which allows to split the data into 2 single symbols, is only available in the legacy version of HIBC PAS 1.2.
The Single Data Structure Format looks as follows: +/F*G*DDDDDC1 with:

  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G* ... What Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • D ... Application Data
  • C1 ... Check Digit (mod 43) - equal to the "Link Character" of the second part.

    The multiple format is defined as: +/F*G1*D1D1D1/G2*D2D2D2C with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • F* ... Where Flag (length: 1 or 3)
  • G1* ... What Flag for D1(length: 1 or 3)
  • D1 ... First Application Data
  • / ... Separator
  • G2* ... What Flag for D2(length: 1 or 3)
  • D2 ... Second Application Data
  • C ... Check Digit (mod 43) HINT: A multiple format can consist of more than 2 parts. In this case "/", G2*, and D2 are repeated.

    The First Part of the Split Data Format (only used in legacy PAS version V1.2!) looks like: +/1F*G*DDDDC is much the same as the Single Format but with "1" as prefix and one position for the application data (D) less. ("1" indicates that this is the first data structure)

    The Second Part of the Split Data Structure Format is defined as: +/2DDDDC1C2 with:
  • +/ ... HIBC Provider Applications Standard Flag
  • 2 ... "2" indicates that this is the second data structure
  • D ... Remainder of the Application Data
  • C1 ... Link Character (check digit of first part)
  • C2 ... Check Digit (mod 43)
    HINT: TBarCode supports following HIBC PAS standards via options:
  • V1.2 (legacy, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=0")
  • V1.3 (default, options="Hibc_Pas_Version=1")
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod43
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod43


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCLic128 (Single and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).


    For a short format description see also #eBC_HIBCPas128 (Primary and Combined Format, splitting is not allowed).

PZN7 codes can be converted to valid PZN8 codes by prepending a leading "0".
The check digit is calculated automatically if not specified in the input data (that is when only 7 digits are used for creating the code).

  • Encodes 7 digits and 1 check-digit
  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9"]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDPZN
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDPZN)


    Size adjusts automatically depending on input data, the Symbology internal error correction is added by TBarCode automatically.
    Input data is analyzed by TBarCode and the best suitable compaction mode is switched/shifted to during encoding.

    • Encodes variable amount of data (no absolute limit, depends on the readers)
    • Codeable characters: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    The symbol version (size) adjusts automatically depending on input data or can be set to a specific value (BCSet_HanXin_Version())
    Error correction and recognition is included in the code, the Chinese character set GB18030 is supported.

    • Codeable characters: alphanumeric and/or Bytes, GB18030
    • Default check-digit method: None
    • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


GS1 128 based barcode used for automated parcel delivery by USPS.
Encodes a 22, 26, 30 or 34 digit string: 8 to 12 digits Routing Code (containing ZIP), followed by FNC1 as separator and the Tracking Code. The Routing Code is optional and may be skipped.
Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.

  • Codeable characters: ["0" - "9", FNC1]
  • Default check-digit method: #eCDMod10IMPackage
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDMod10IMPackage)



    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • "SE" as application identifier
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDSwedishPostal
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDSwedishPostal)


    It is based upon Data Matrix (ECC200) with following restrictions:

    • 3 symbol sizes only (24x24, 32x32, 16x48)
    • Barcode content consists of an address part with a fixed length of 45 characters and a custom part. Please examine the specification of the barcode type to gain more detailed information.
    • The address part is made of exactly 45 characters (upper case letters, digits, and space).
    • The length of the custom part depends on the chosen symbol size and the entered characters.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None

    Old name of Royal Mail Mailmark 2D


    The code consists of a

    • 2-digit letter prefix
    • 8-digit serial number
    • 1-digit check digit (mod 11)
    • 2-digit country code
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDUPU
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (eCDUPU)

    It has following properties:

    • Royal Mail Mailmark 4-state supports the 2 variants C and L.
    • The code consists of either 22 (variant C) or 26 (variant L) characters, which are composed of letters, digits, and spaces.
    • Codeable characters: see above
    • Default and recommended check-digit method: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
    • Recommended check digit methods: None


    In Germany PPN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "9N11" and appending the check digits.
    For German PPN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 12 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

    • Can contain following sub fields:
      • Product Code: "9N" + PRA + RPN + CC with: PRA ... PRA-Code ("00" - "99", "AA" - "ZZ"), "11" for Germany RPN ... Registered Product Number (["0" - "9", "A" - "Z"], 1-18 characters) CC ... check sum; 2 check digits mod-97
      • NTIN: "8P" + NTIN (optional) with: NTIN ... National Trade Item Number (14 digits)
      • Serial Number: "S" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Batch Number: "1T" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
      • Expiry Date: "D" + YYMMDD (optional)
    • GS (ASCII 29) must be added as separators between fields.
    • Default check-digit method: #eCDNone
    • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDNone)


      In Germany NTIN is an extension of the PZN8 code. PZN8 codes can be converted to valid PPN codes by prepending "04150" and appending the check digit.
      For German NTIN codes the check digit is calculated automatically if the given code is not longer than 13 digits. For other countries no check digit calculation is supported so far.

      • Can contain following sub fields:
        • Product Code: "01" + "0" + PREF + PN + CD (total exact 14 digits) with: PREF ... GS1 Prefix or Base Number, "4150" for Germany PN ... Product Number CD ... check digit
        • Serial Number: "21" + SN (optional) with: SN ... Serial Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Batch Number: "10" + BN (optional) with: BN ... Batch Number (alphanumeric, 1-20 characters)
        • Expiry Date: "17" + YYMMDD (optional)
      • FNC1 must be added as at the end of variable length fields (Serial Number, Batch Number), but not at the end of the code.
      • Default check-digit method: #eCDGTIN14
      • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDStandard (#eCDGTIN14)


        The default encoding is UTF-8, but the encodable character set is limited to ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)

        • Default check-digit method: None
        • Recommended check digit methods: None (Error correction and recognition depends on adjusted Error Correction Level)


          • The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode
          • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
          • Codeable character set: Alphanumeric and/or Bytes
          • Default check-digit method: None
          • Recommended check digit methods: None (check digit and error correction is included in the code)
          • Recommended checksum calculation: #eCDMod10 for special applications

The FNC1 at 1st position is inserted automatically by TBarCode

  • Within the GS1 System you can use Application Identifiers to prefix encoded data
  • Codeable character set: ISO-8859-1 (Latin-1)
  • Default check-digit method: None
  • Recommended check digit methods: #eCDMod10 for special applications


    The value is given in percent (0 ... 100).

    Transmit ]C1 or ]L3. Indicates that the MicroPDF symbol is linked with a linear symbol (which may be required for a successful scan). Using this mode, the following AIs in the given order can be encoded with better compaction:

    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + lot number (AI 10) + other AIs (optional)
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + serial number (AI 21) + other AIs (optional).
    • date (AI 11, 13, 15 or 17) + other AIs (optional) Note: This mode is not used with UCC.EAN Composite Symbology, which uses linked symbols, too

If needed GS ('\x1d') and RS ('\x1e') must be encoded by the user. xx is the value of the first code word.

Syntax: "<columns>:<rows>", e.g.: "2:1" for twice as much columns than rows.

We recommend to change this value only if non-optimal print quality is expected.

CC-A is a variant of the MicroPDF417 Symbol with a unique combination of row address patterns (RAP). It is the smallest variant of the 2-dimensional composite component. Up to 56 characters can be coded (also alphanumeric) with 3 to 12 rows and 4 columns.

CC-B is a subset of the MicroPDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the code word 920. CC-B will be chosen automatically when CC-A has not enough capacity (in Auto-mode). CC-B encodes up to 338 Characters (alphanumeric) in 3 to 12 rows and 2 to 4 columns.

The CC-C structure is a PDF417 Symbol, which is identified by the internal code word 920 (920 is the first code word after the symbol length indicator). The CC-C structure can be used as a 2 dimensional composite component of a UCC/EAN/GS1 128 Composite Symbols. It has the largest data capacity of GS1 Composite Symbols because of its possibility to code of up to 2361 numbers. It can code numbers and alphanumeric characters with up to 2361 characters, which have 3 to 30 rows and up to 30 Data Error checking Code Columns.

It may result in sub-optimal output quality, but is compatible to nearly all printers.

This method results in the best quality but may not be supported by all applications or printers.

This method produces correct output in most applications and printers but might decrease drawing speed.

The size mode is chosen automatically depending on the other barcode settings: If module width is set (DLL: function BCSetModWidth(); OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::ModuleWidth), then #eSizeMode_CustomModuleWidth is used; otherwise #eSizeMode_FitToBoundingRect.

A minimal module width is automatically calculated for a given resolution and optimized for the barcode decoder. The output/scanning resolution has to be set with BCSetDPI() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Dpi (OCX). The type of barcode decoder has to be set with BCSetDecoder() (DLL) or TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCodeBase::Decoder (OCX).

(See also DLL: function BCGet/BCSetCodePage, OCX: property TBarCode11Lib::ITBarCode::CodePage).

If the input data is UNICODE, only the Lower Byte is encoded. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

If the input data is UNICODE, 16-bit characters in the input stream are interpreted as two ASCII characters This encoding mode is used for encoding binary and (untranslated) UNICODE data. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

This item has a similar effect as #eEncMode_ByteStream, but if the input data is UNICODE, higher and lower byte of the UNICODE character are exchanged. If the input data is single byte encoded, it is used as it is ==> no conversion is done. In single byte encoding there is no difference between #eEncMode_LowByte, #eEncMode_ByteStream, or #eEncMode_BYTE_HILO.

Each pair of hexadecimal digits is converted into a corresponding byte value. The input stream may consist of hexadecimal digits (0-9, 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'). All other characters lead to an error.

1D Codes ... ASCII 0-127
QR-Code JIS ... Shift JIS
QR-Code ISO ... Latin-1
Data Matrix ... Latin-1
Other 2D Codes ... Latin-1 (ISO 8859-1 / Windows 28591)
More details see TEC-IT Barcode Reference

Attention: For average use we strongly recommend to use only bar shape "eBarShape_Default". Using another mode can endanger readability.
A change does make only sense for special applications like advertisements, fun barcodes, etc. that do not enforce the readability of the barcodes.


© 2023 All rights reserved by TEC-IT Datenverarbeitung GmbH
Generated on Wed Apr 10 2024 13:55:48 for TBarCode Library 11 with doxygen 1.9.1